Search results
(41 - 60 of 143)
Pages
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Society. MemberTwin Cities Associated Colleges of the Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26 states and 20 nations. Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of 1980,288. Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30. Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80. Library - Over 160,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Majors - 40 in 20 departments. Special offerings include International Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive internship program. Athletic Affiliation - Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school sessions. ~ugsburgCollege 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Departments, Courses/45 Departments, Course Descriptions Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the student should consult the instructors of the courses. subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ . Courscs and terms listed arc A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not b e ~ fulfilled n iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) t: t: Departments and Courses 47 Art/Art History 49 Biology 53 Business Administration & Economics 55 Chemistry 58 East Asian Studies Education Elementar /Kindergarten Early Chidhood Secondary Library Science 68 Engineering 69 English 72 Foreign Languages Chinese French German Greek Japanese Linguistics Norwegian Russian Spanish 81 Geography Health and Physical Education 84 History 87 International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science 90 Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies 93 Music and Music Therapy 98 Natural Science 99 Nursing 101 Philosophy 103 Ph sics 106 Poitical Science 109 Psychology 112 Religion 115 Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies 117 Social Science Social Studies 118 Social Work 120 Sociology 122 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 126 Transdisciplinary Major 127 Women's and Minority Studies 46 Chemisrry lab, Science Hall from the Quad XB FWF- - I . . ART Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by thc Art taculky. Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil, 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. :225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits t o museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n 19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83) Biology Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud - Major Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually reauire Chemistrv 353. Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1982 and alternate years). 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistrv An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate years.) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel. Business Administration I Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391, 392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administratiod53 M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131, 335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from nnc of t h following: ~ Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ . Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474: 8 Internalional Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq l follow. Studrrlrs w h o plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their n program of t' study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 t o b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373, 379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e deparrmcn~chairperson. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants {C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr. r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics). Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately after graduation. Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r program o f study. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business, C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend I I . , . . ." Business Administration/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall) 263 Intermediate Accounting - II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) , 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). 430 Marketing - Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand) 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454 and three other upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming are strongly recommended. MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or 453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479: Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on 379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo to thosf: listetl above. Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses (122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer ly to programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics. Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought, Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d 1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains. Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are: Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics 121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year. 7: American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. / Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. 71 Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a course program early in thelr college career. d Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and 351 or 352. Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. 60/C hemistry - - 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry nl prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry, r Secontl term, nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours , labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school h chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al e ~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy c rmeansol l mocl~rn r h ~ o r ~ of e schem~cal bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East Asian Studies East Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator) This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government, teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies, l 7 This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration OI eSt. Catherine possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~ ~ n (College l of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e languages beyot~dthe first two years. 7 To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government, history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr . stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1 i~ only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion. I Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2 P introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major. d Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of electives. - --- Economics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and , Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater Arts. Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to asr deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg College. Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc, S t u d ~ n ~transferring s from an education program at anuther rollege must be readmissible lo that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115: . . Librarv Sciencr?.341. 358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand l l 2.i i n major and minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. (Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver (483, 484, 478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator. 7, 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course. Application farms arcavailabl~ in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of their rleclarcd major. A student take education courses aficr thc Orientation course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota 13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's gl~ Education < Ion program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t' program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478, special r n c t h ~ t l in s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired. my Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools: ( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S. degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6) Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses. 1 Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe art majorwill r r g i s t ~for r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365; and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC. 373. The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study. All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course) The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses 363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) d 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) Library Science/67 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler, JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services in the Library Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. tngineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period. P k The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College. R Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the freshman year, Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged. English Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in Briii~h literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish 245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser nl regulaj A i l u d ~ with n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n (he English department should work closely wiih an adviser in the department. a10 Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in tke tall term of the so~hornore y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f Education. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration, American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration. k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses, special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P I N grading only. 111 Effective Writing Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall) 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 Modern Drama Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 72/Foreign Languages P 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray, Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm, (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or more of that language. Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311. k Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only. The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad. For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is reauired for graduation. Chinese, French/73 For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r . Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion Competency Exam. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~ become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing. Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and p ~ r s o n ause. l French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf) 352 Creativity and Restraint survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) n 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j . Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended: Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basir < k ~ l into l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\ practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs r uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl e. lor majorstrid minors. Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid) 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque, n, hulklarung and Sturm und Drang lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~ 011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are A--:---^I .- -:A r+..^I--e.r -un.-eccn, . . Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n . '411 n r ft nn nPmand\ Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Creek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information. Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended. M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in cP civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged. R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu- age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand) Russian, Spanish/79 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator. 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the [ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~ practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for t l ma]c~r< and mrnors. Open to all q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. O n demand) 457 Spanish Novel Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography, Health Education/81 Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n Health Education Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410; SOC. 231, 241. Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105; Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ. sequence for teaching license. Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 82/Physical Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol. 103. Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471, 472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493; Professional Affilialion Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl ion or teaching and student tcachin i n an udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator. (This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.) f Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years) Physical Education/83 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 254 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-2) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic, ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and professional ethics. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for details. Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division. Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances, h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1 3 1 r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e language at 1 course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee. Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students. Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering for an u p p e r level course. There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty schedules a n d student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the last fifty years. l nternational Relations/87 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator) Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104, 332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351, 381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge work in a second modern language. Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14 required courses. Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d Mathematics-Education. 104 Basic Mathematics A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring; solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Computer Science/89 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982 and alternate years) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage, and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall) 90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming cl languagr in numerical analy~~s. Topin tncluric error analysis, the a ~ n r r a concepl l of ill*rativc% formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear 4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on ant1 integration. Credit may be granted toward a ma~tiematic~ rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved. Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution. P Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Garry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc 722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art : 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Metro-Urban Studies/91 Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psyc~ology, religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171, 381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or indepenBent study. 399 lnternship - Metropolitan Resources 498 lndependent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. 499 lndependent Study Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 lndependent Study (Optional) lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated wirli ~ h c language instruction. 92/Metro-Urban Studies 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning - in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 Field Experience 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco 499 lndependent Study Music t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand. Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier, l 5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D. johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas, l David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) Bachelor of Arts Degree Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the* camplction of Thcory 1112, Bachelor of Music Degree Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375, 499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg. Bachelor of Science Degree Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or 365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice; Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103, Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7 Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and Soc. Ill, lZT,231,241,362,375); 7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during t h senior ~ year. This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith nn I ~ N;lrinnal P A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r radiratlon honors In music If they (1) provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors . Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d term of the junior year. Honors Maior: Students may qualify for 1 Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests. Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof l music majors. Music minors musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance ir 5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major may r u b i r i ~ u r e rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof Music. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test. Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one term of residency a t kugsburg College, 101,102,223,224 Theory Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 440 Advanced Musicianship Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 96/Music Therapy 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music Therapy 110 Introduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars, and guest lecture demonstrations. Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital. Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. S Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument. - Guitar Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. - Orchestral and Band Instruments Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Music Organizations The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Augsburg Choir Wind Ensemble Chamber Orchestra (Membership by audition) Brass Ensemble Chorale Jazz Ensemble Percussion Ensemble String Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble 98/Natural Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics 121, 122. This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor admission to most m ~ d i c aschools, l including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9. d ! All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation with ~ d v i s e ris recommended. a &road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life S c i ~ n (Riology r~ 111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115, 116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar, Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488. Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223, 353; Physics 245). Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust, Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350, 403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y 355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior P to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive statistics are supportive tn lhe major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events. Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum i n Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*) 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344. Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe d junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof i y t h departmrn~. ~ Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal ~ world was not overly important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark Engebretson Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year, Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics. 1 K Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand seniors with departmental approval. 106/PoIiticaI Science - Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division 7 courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas. Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/l07 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign - Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 108/Political Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law I1 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I I for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) Psychology/lOg 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~! ear. 381 or 399 in !he junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended [hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc, devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis recommended far many students. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor. E Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363, PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which [lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for furthcr dctails. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Studv Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior r h a n u and ~ indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects. n IPrerea.: 1051 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology, 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. - 450 Proaram Evaluation The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~ and effici~ncy, The ~~oliflcdlantl organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on. The roleof evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC 362; 50C 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness, James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~ department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major. Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina, and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471. ky Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or 358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American P Lutheran Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work. 1Y 7 7 Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. P 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h Chatailqila Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as government, international business, o r teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Mildred Joel (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate &vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr ! Department of Foreign Languages. 312 Old Norse An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required. N(~rwt?gtan language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. llG/Scandinavian Area Studies - 345 Scandinavian American Experience The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable. Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof ~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~ language desirable. Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11 rcl written work in a Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Social Studies/l17 Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major. Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221, 222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and 121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines: g Economics, History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.) ! Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science n~rthodology course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12 courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104, 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson ! of thc Dcparrmenl of History in choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r . Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123, Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 118/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of required courses from other departments. Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*; and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least {CHR) course i s strongly recommended. onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the transcript. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services -WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sopharnores. Open ro all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #). 3613ystems of Social Welfare An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Fall) Social Work/l19 363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462,464, Field Work II and IV: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making extensive,systen~~tic dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings. ~ r m i ~ ~These ~ c e sresources , become the core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y. This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly Ocfcndsthc tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation. Y Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363, PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for further details. \ 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 Religion and Society A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121, Fall) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105) 122/Speech, Communication 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban sociology; t h metropolis ~ as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan r area is m a j o r i s ~ u relaled ~s utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 388 Social Inequality Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological - Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances, hearings. These resources become the core of I ~ courqe, P supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior ~ year. Communication Arts/l23 - - - Communication Arts Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375, Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind er speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 243 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 124/Theater Arts 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 480 Seminar in Communication Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. Theater Arts/125 r: B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses : i n movement, cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, a n d 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art. Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r 243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors, a n d a m i n o r i n English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 126/Transdisciplinary Studies 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Women's, Minority Studied127 Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6 courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences { i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses, independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for further details. 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. 232 Blacks in America This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Registers 129 Board of Regents Division for College and University Services 130 Administration 131 Emeriti 132 Faculty Music Hall, newest campus building Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater Commencement Procession wends through Murphy Square i P .,-- . Regents, DCUS/l29 - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James C. Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan ~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~ h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . . Administration President President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson Lowell Brandt College Pastor Carolyn Magnusson Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President ........................................................ ................ A c a d e m l c Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College Rlchard Green Associate Academic Dean Pat Parker John (Jack) A. Hlll Registrar Assistant Registrar Carol Stack Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Cralg Carnahan Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. Director of Audio Visual Services.. ...................................... James Olson Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ................................... Valerle Gealther Mary Olson Recorder ............................................................... Interim Director .......................................................... Tonl Clark Mary A. Klngsley International Studies Program Director International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl ............ ................................................ ........................................................ ...................................................... ................................................... ...................... .............................. F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson Herald Johnson Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services Vlrene Luthl Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel Bonnle-Jean Mork Chief Accountant Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center Mlldred Nelson Robert Gores Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending Gerald Johnson Director of Plant Services Custodial Supervisor Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor Rob Curtls Grounds Supervisor ..................................................... Fred Wolter Manager, lcae Arena James Carey ...................... ........................................ ............................................. ........................................................ ............................................. .............................. ............................................ ................................................ .................................................. ................................................... D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler A. 8. Batalden Assistant to the Vice President Lols G. Wollan Director of Public Relations.. Janlce Rykken Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs Kay Cady Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information Manager, Graphic Center Therese Nlchols Executive Secretary Irene Steenson ........................................ ......................................... ............................... ........................ ............................................ .................................................. Admlsslons ............................................. Kathryn E. Lange Director of Admissions Assistant Director Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor. Admissions Counselor.. Admissions Counselor.. Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator.. .......................................................... Blll Ross Sue Bonner ...................................... ...............................................Erlc Anderson ................................................ Sally Hough ................................................ Llsa Novotny .......................Charlene Weidenbach Administration, Emeriti/l31 Student Affalrs .............. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Marlanne Sander Associate Dean of Students Rlck Thonl Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Patrlcla M. Olsson Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm Director of Human Development Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren Area Apartment Manager ............................................ John Augustlne ............................................... ..................... ............... ....................................... Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~ of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y 01 Minnesota. Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 132/Facu lty Fac uI ~ 01Y as September, 1980 Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach. Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. *Part-time Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan Music School. Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach. David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S., California State University. Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary. John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 134/Facu lty Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director. Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of Iowa. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., juilliard School of Music. Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l35 Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Georgia. Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach. Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State University. Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages. Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska. Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., University of Minnesota. NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work. Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications. Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach. William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Facu lty/l37 Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest, Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach. Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. 139 Communication List for Mail or Telephon 140 Index 141 Academic Calendars F? T... . ; .. ., ! . ..-.."". ... ,.. ....... " -, 138 O l d Main, campus keyslone Hockey is the key attraction at the Ice Center Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran , ' r... , ,',,', .., '.:' Communication List/139 Communications Directory Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries. All have this mailing address: Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President .................................................................330-1212 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105 Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025 Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162 College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107 Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028 Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations, publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180 Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179 College Center Manager. .................................................. 330-1 109 Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251 Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000 The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023) ployment - Em- All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. 140/l ndex Academic Adviser ..................... 77 Academic Enrichment ................. 27 Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38 Academic Policies and Procedures 38-45 Accounting Major ..................... 52 Accreditation ....................... 6, 44 Adapted Physical Education ............ 82 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131 Admissions 9-'1'1 Advanced Placement .................. 42 Advanced Standing 42 American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg 11-11 Application for Financial Aid 15-17 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auditing Courses 41 ... ......................... .................... ............. ............. ........ ............... ..................... Black Student Programs ................ 27 Black Student Union 27 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... I29 Board of Regents '129 Books and Supplies .................... 14 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. ..................... ............. Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142 Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Campus Tours ......................... 9 Campus Work 10 Cancellation from College 39 Cancellation of Courses 39 Career Planning and Placement 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3 Certification Programs-Art 34. 47 Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112 Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120 Women's Studies 34. 127 Chemical Dependency Program 36 Chinese 62. 73 Classification ......................... 42 Coaching Endorsement 82 College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26 College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139 College Work Study Program 18 Communications Directory 13!1 Computer Programming (CDI) 36 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) .................... 36 38 Continuing Education Coordinators - Discrimination or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 82 Corrective Therapy 13 Costs 1980-81 C.P.A. Certification 34 ........................ ............. ............... ........ .......... ................ ........ ........................... ................ . ........... ........... ......... ................. .................... ......................... .................... Courses. Majors. Minors Art. Art History .................. 47-49 Biology ......................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics 52-59 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61 East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Education 62-68 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72 Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Health and Physical Education 81-84 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87 International Relations 87 Mathematics/Computer Science 87-90 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90-92 Metro-Urban Studies Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Scandinavian Area Studies 115-116 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Sociology 120-122 Speech. Communication and Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126 Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Women's and Minority Studies 127 ................. ....................... ..... .............. ... ............. ...... ..................... ...... Dean's List ............................ 42 31 Degrees .............................. Deposits ............................. 14 Directed Study ........................ 43 Dismissal from College ................42 Distribution Requirements ............. 39 Divisions ............................. 32 Driving to Campus ..................... 3 .......................10 .......... 53-55 ........................ 10 Early Admission Early Childhood Education Early Decision Economics ......................... Elementary Education Emeriti Enrollment Evaluation and Grading ............. 56-59 ..............63-65 ..............................131 ...........................14 4n-47 ......................... ................................. Facilities.. 2-3. 7 Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137 Fees 14 ...................... .................. ....... ...................... ..................... Financial Aid 16-23 . 28 Food Service Foreign Study 28. 37 French ............................ 73-75 13 Full-time Student German ........................... Grade Point Average (GPA) Graduation Requirements Graduation with Distinction. Grants Greek ........................... 75-77 ......10. 39. 41 ..........39-40 ...........43 ............................ 17-78 77 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29 Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . ........ ............ ................... ............ 43 Independent Study . . . . . . . . 26. 44 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center 27 Inter-Institutional Programs 35 Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112 International Business 53 11. 28 International Students Internship Program 38 26 Intramural Athletics Japanese 62. 77 26 KCMR Radio Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63 ................. .............. .................... ................... .......................... ......................... .................... 27 Learning for Living Library/Audio-Visual 31. 35 Library Science Courses ............. 67-68 Life Science Emphasis 98 40. 82 Lifetime Sports Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78 Loans ................................ 40 Location 2. 3, 6 ............... .................. ..................... .......................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ........................ 33. 39 Management Major 52 52 Marketing Major Memberships .......................... 6 Metro-Urban Studies 91 Term (MUST) M i d d l e School Science Emphasis 99 Minnesota State Work Study Program ............................ 18 Mission Statement ..................... 5 Mortensen Tower 2. 3. 29 26. 97 Music Organizations ................... ...................... ....................... ........................... ................. ............... Numbering of Courses Off-Campus Programs ................45 .................44 Part-Time Students .................... 13 Physical Science Emphasis 98 Payment Plans 15 Policies ............................ 6. 44 Pre-Professional Programs 34. 3 5 Prerequisites 45 42 Probation Program in Global Community 37 .............. ........................ .......... .......................... ............................ ........................ Re-admission o f Former Students 11 Refunds . 15 Registration ....................... 30. 39 Religious Life 25 Residence Life 28.20 Residence Requirement ............... 39 Room Rent 13 ROTC 36 Russian .............................. 79 ........................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........................... ................................ ........... San Francisco Summer Term 92 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68 SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook 26 Semester or Year Abroad 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104 Smiley's Point Clinic 2R Society of Physics Students ............ '104 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 79-81 Special Interest Houses 29 Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Government 25 Student Life .......................... 25 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 26 Sudent Rights ......................... 29 Student Services 26-29 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37 Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38 ..... .............. ................... ... ................ .................. .... ................... ....................33 ............................ 9 .........................9. 70 ............................... 13 .....................9. 10 ..................... 2. 3. 29 Teaching Licensure Testscores Transcripts Tuition Tuition Deposit Urness Tower Veterans ............................. 43 Academic Calendar 1980-81 Fall Semester 1981-8z* Sept. 2-3 Sept. 4 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grading option Mid-term break lnterim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 1-2 Sept. 3 Sept. 7 Sept. 17 Sept. 17 Oct. 27 Nov. 10-13 Nov. 17-Dec. 5 Nov. 20 Nov. 27 Dec. 1 Dec. 12 Dec. 15-18 Dec. 29 Sept. 17 1980 1981 September 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 January 6 13 20 21 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 2 3 89101 15 16 11 22 23 24 2 3 4 91011 16 11 18 23 24 25 30 31 November 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 "10 24 25 26 6 13 20 21 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 1 14 21 28 1 8 I5 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 Jan. 6 Jan. 23 Jan. 30 Feb. 3 Classes Begin Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 4 11 10 25 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 5 12 19 26 I 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 11 I6 19 ''m?'~ 25 26 Jan. 5 Jan. 22 Jan. 29 Feb. 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 11 I8 19 20 ''1 25 26 21 1 14 21 28 2 3 1 0 l 16 11 23 24 30 4 l I8 25 1 14 21 28 6 I3 20 21 1 14 21 28 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 1 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 4 1 18 25 6 13 20 21 7 14 21 28 I 8 15 22 29 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 I4 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 26 29 30 3 0 11 24 31 October November 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 28 29 30 June 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 16 11 23 24 30 31 September 6 13 20 27 May Jan. 4 1 9 15 22 29 August 4 5 6 7 1121314 18 19 20 21 25 26 21 28 April 6 13 20 21 Interim Jan. 5 5 12 19 26 March I 8 15 22 29 December 7 14 21 28 3 0 17 24 31 Februarv October Nov. 2 Oct. 26 Nov. 9-12 Nov. 16-Dec. 4 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 Nov. 30 Dec. 11 Dec. 14-17 Dec. 28 July 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 21 28 29 30 December 6 13 20 21 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 Spring Semester Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 M a r . 23-27 April 3 April 17-20 April 24 April 27-May 7 M a y 15 M a y 18-21 M a y 22 M a y 27 M a y 24 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term Break Last day to designate grading option Easter Break Last day to withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Final grades due Seniors Others Baccalaureate-Commencement 1982 1 Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 (See Easter) I April 2 April 3-13 April 23 April 26-May 6 M a y 14 M a y 17-20 January 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 "1 25 26 27 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 I 4 I1 I8 25 5 12 19 26 July 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 Augusl 3 0 17 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 18 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 13 14 20 21 27 28 Februarv 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 2 9 16 23 3 10 17 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 I9 26 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 I4 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 16 17 I 8 19 20 23 24 25 26 21 30 31 April 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 0 13 I 4 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 2 1 28 29 30 March M a y 21 M a y 26 M a y 23 4 I1 18 25 5 12 19 26 Summer School J u n e 1-26 J u n e 29-Aug. 7 Term I Term I1 ' *Subject to change AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1000 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 14 I 5 21 22 28 29 6 13 20 27 June 2 3 1 0 1 16 17 23 24 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 September 1 2 3 9 1 0 1 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 1 18 25 October 3 4 5 6 I 0 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 ."J 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 5 16 23 30 November May 2 3 4 5 9 I 0 11 12 16 17 I 8 19 7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26 4 11 I8 25 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 7 8 9 14 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 16 17 I 6 23 24 25 30 5 6 2 1 3 19 20 26 27 December 4 5 1 1 2 18 19 25 26 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 I 4 20 21 27 28 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 I 6 17 23 24 30 31 4 1 18 25
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less
- Title
- Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing Catalog 1980-1982
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
Please write for application material to:
REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING
THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL
2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church;
A member of Fairvi...
Show more Please write for application material to: REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL 2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital affiliated with the American Lutheran Church; A member of Fairview Community Hospitals ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1980-1981 For The FRESHMEN: Freshmen arrive Sept. 2 Registration at Augsburg College Sept. 3 Fall semester begins Sept. 4 Thanksgiving holidays Nov. 27-30 Last day of fall semester Dec. 19 Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Interim begins Jan. 5 Interim ends Jan. 30 Feb. 4 Spring semester begins April 16-21 Easter I spring holidays May 21 Spring semester ends For The JUNIORS & SENIORS: Aug. 20-22 Orientation for transfer students Aug. 25 First quarter begins Oct. 24 First quarter ends Nov. 3 Second quarter begins Nov. 27-30 Thanksgiving holidays Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Second quarter ends Jan. 16 Third quarter begins Jan. 26 Third quarter ends Mar. 27 Fourth quarter begins April 6 April 20 Easter holidays Fourth quarter ends June 5 The above schedule is tentative and subject to change. 1646 students have graduated from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing 128 students are currently enrolled. Cover photograph by Miriam Weinstein LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL BOARD OF TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION BOARD OF TRUSTEES Gerald Simonson, Chairman Dr. Kenneth C. Bailey Mr. James W. Krause Mr. George Michaelsen Mr. Charles H. Clay Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Marlene Engstrom Rev. Maynard L. Nelson Mr. Richard Franzmeier Rev. John N. Parbst Mr. Allen A. Housh Mr. Clinton A. Schroeder Dr. Richard D. Hovland Dr. John M. Stensvaag Dr. Donald Johnson Dr. Francis J. Trost Mr. Verne C. Johnson Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Administrator Mr. Mark M. Enger, Assistant Administrator BULLETIN EDUCATION & COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann, Chairwoman Mr. George S. Michaelsen Dr. Donald Johnson Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Gloria Nelson Rev. John Parbst ex-officio: Mr. Gerald Simonson Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Hospital Administrator Mrs. Margaret Hermann, Director, School of Nursing 1980-1982 A three-year hospital-based diploma program in basic nursing approved by the Minnesota Board of Nursing and accredited by the National League for Nursing. We believe our diploma program meets a unique need. We intend to continue with our program as long as we meet this need. 2315 14th AVENUE SOUTH• MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 36 1 . *Mary Catherine Hooke, R.N., B.S ................. Instructor of Pediatric Nursing State University of New York-Binghamton, B.S. Graduate work: University of Rochester, New York University of Minnesota-Minneapolis June lge, R.N., B.S.N ........................ Instructor of Fundamental Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Genevieve McCarr, R.N., B.S., M. Ed ......... Instructor of Fundamental Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.Ed. *Rachel Nelson, R.N., B.S ........................ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S. Jean Pekarek, R.N., A.A., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, Minnesota, R.N., A.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Dawn Ranger, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............... Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing West Suburban School of Nursing, Oak Park, Illinois, R.N. Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois, B.S.N. De Paul University, Chicago, Illinois, M.S.N. *Eva Schander, R.N., B.S.N ................... Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota A. Marlin Stene, B.A., B.Th., S.T.M ............ Hospital Chaplain Supervisor and Instructor of Religion St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, B.A. Luther Seminary, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.Th. Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa, S.T.M. Marie Joel ........................................................ Registrar A~EA M~~ A . G RELATIONSHIPS ............ 3 ·~ .> ••••••••• , •• • ••• • ••••••••••••••• 4 PHILOs~PHY ·. I:~S ()F THE PROGRAM .......... 5 > .. S~ND PROCEDURES ............ 11 ENTRANCE RE ·.· . · . STUDENT SERVIGEs ::~··)<.·~··v ... · ......................... 16 STUDENT ACTIVI'f~JSS ... :;,..: •..........•... , ................ 18 FINANCIAL INFORMATION .. : ............................. 19 FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION ............................ 21 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ................................. 23 CURRICULUM ORGANIZATION , ........................... 26 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .................................... 29 SCHOOL OF NURSING FACULTY ............................ 34 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ADMINISTRATION ..... 36 .HISTORY .. v·:'' The contents of this bulletin are subject to change without notice. or information contained herein. *Part-time instructors . .. •, ~ 35 '··· ,, 1_0,,L3<.::: Flow Chart continued: 1 ii::_, E ' LUrrHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOOL OF NURSING 0 rSo .µ <Cl OJ S<d u +> (/) (/) S- U1 • r- (/) U1 U1 VlS-OS-S::::S-<IJS<Cl ::::; ..o ::::; ,,_ ::::; E ::::; .--- 0 <Cl Or- 0 <lJ 0 U:C...J:CU:Ctn:C 0 THIRD YEAR Fall Semester (16 weeks) +Rehabilitation Nursing +Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Trends in Nursing II: History 45 45 8 135 135 Interim (4 weeks) Independent Nursing Studies BULLETIN SUPPLEMENT FOR 1980-1982 This supplement describes the changes that have occurred in the school and the nursing program that it offers since the printing of the bulletin. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN ACADEMIC INFORMATION Level IV Spring Semester (16 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care 48 48 Management of Patient Care Trends in Nursing III: Professionalism 8 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 22 * * * * * * 196 196 The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing has been changed so that all three years follow the 4-1-4 plan consisting of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 16 weeks in length, and the interim is 4 weeks. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN THE CURRICULUM: * * * ** COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: The following courses have been added or redefined in the curriculum: CURRENT COSTS FOR 1981-82 Tuition at Lutheran Deaconess Tuition for Augsburg College Health Fee Dormitory Room Rent Graduation Fee Books, Supplies & Incidentals FIRST YEAR COSTS SECOND YEAR COSTS THIRD YEAR COSTS $1,800.00 2,400.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 150.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 400.00 400.00 30.00 625.00. 50.00 400.00 Tuition and fees are estimated above. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. OPERATING ROOM NURSING (4 weeks) Op~rating Room Nursing is a Level II course which introduces the student to the nurses role during surgical intervention and the maintenance of surgical asepsis. The student functions with professional staff learning the role of a circulating nurse and scrub nurse. Focus is on responsibility to the patient pre-, intra-, and postoperatively. There are 36 hours of classroom theory and 72 hours of clinical experience in the operating room or clinical area. NURSING INTERVENTION IN ACUTE CARE (8 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care is a Level IV course in which the student TS exposed to patients and their families with complex threats to health. Focus is on specific nursing interventions appropriate for patients and their families in intensive care, coronary care and emergency areas. There are 48 hours of classroom theory and 192 hours of clinical, 160 hours of which is inhospital, and 32 hours of which is psychomotor skills practice in a laboratory setting. New Course Flow Chart continued: Vl Vl Vl rtJ ~ s... ,._ 0 Interim (4 weeks) Pharmacology II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* Spring Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* (continuation) Microbiology* +Effective Writing c 0 .µ r-• m u rtJ FIRST YEAR Level I Fall Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing I Pharmacology I General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I* Anatomy and Physiology* +General Psychology* Vl u :r: 45 28 _J Vl S- ::::l 0 ::r:. u:c (/) :r: 0 45 0 s... Vl •r- Vl Vl s:: s... ~s .,.. ~ rtJ 0 Ir- 0 -.I u :r: Vl s... Q) E ~ a; 0 :r: (/) :r: 14 2 12 45 30 42 42 (]) .µ u 28 12 s... rel 45 30 42 4 4 4 Level II SQ) .µ S- Vl .,.. Vl Vl S- 0 S- s:: S- Q) ;:::) ..0 ;:::) .,.. ;:::) E ,... 0 rel 0 ,... 0 a; Vl Vl rtJ :r: res SECOND YEAR In addition, Medical-Surgical Nursing 201 and 202 have been combined into one course. ******* I 0 0 S- u ,... +-' s... Independent Nursing Studies is the last course in Level III and is taught during the four week interim of the senior year. In this course, the student engages in two self-selected independent learning projects. The first project consists of a one week student investigation of the identification and possible use of health care resources in an urban or rural setting. The second project consists of a two week investigation of a nursing topic selected by the student. For both projects, the student develops a contract in conjunction with an instructor. One week of the course is also devoted to having the student obtain certification in first aid and CPR if ne/she does not already possess current certification valid through the date of graduation. E S0 0 0 INDEPENDENT NURSING STUDIES (4 weeks) NEW COURSE FLOW CHART >:, E 4, 2 42 42 4 42 42 4 4 Fall Semester (16 weeks) Medical-Surgical Nursing Principles of Sociology** Church and Sects of America** 96 42 22 Interim (4 weeks) Operating Room Nursing First Aid 16 18 96 0 2 Level I I I Spring Semester (16 weeks) 45 +Pediatric Nursing 45 +Obstetrical Nursing '42 Developmental Psychology:The Child* 8 Trends in Nursing I: Assertiveness 135 135 8 8 4 *Courses taken at Augsburg College **Cours,es offered by Augsburg Co 11 ege on Deaconess Campus +Course taken in the fall or spring semester 256 14 4 2 .7 I FACUL TY, SCHOOL OF NURSING Margaret Hermann, R.N., B.S.N., M.A ........... Director, School of Nursing and Instructor of Trends of Nursing Milwaukee Lutheran Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. University of Wisconsin-Madison, B.S.N. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Barry L. Lundquist, B.S., M.A., Ed. S. . ........... Director of Curriculum Affairs Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, B.S. Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, M.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Ed.S. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis *Lisa Austin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ................. Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, B.S.N. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, M.S.N. *Susan Bates, R.N., B.A., M.A .................... Instructor of Trends of Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.A. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Graduate Work: William Mitchell College of Law Beverly Beling, R.N., B.S.N. Ed ................... Instructor of Pediatric Nursing St. Luke's School of Nursing, Fargo, North Dakota, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Ed. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *LuAnn Dahle, R.N., B.S.N., M.S ................ Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S. Sharon Dodds, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............. Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P .H. Christine Erdahl, R.N ., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing Abington Memorial School of Nursing, Abington, Pennsylvania, R.N. Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Marjorie Erickson, R.N., B.S.N .................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Loretta Hanafin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing College of St. Teresa, Winona, Minnesota, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.N. Carol Heupel, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............... Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing Memorial School of Nursing, Wilmington, Delaware, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P.H. 34 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA DETAIL OF HOSPITAL AREA --. ;:::::====:!::::===~~ CHILDREN'S HEALTH CENTER . AND HOSPITAL EBENEZER SOCIETY Deaconess Hospital E LAl<E ST Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is ideally located close to downtown Minneapolis at 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition to the facilities of the hospital, the nursing program is augmented by relationships with the following institutions and agencies: Fairview Hospital 2312 South 6th Street Minneapolis, !'Jinnesota Fairview Southdale Hospital 6401 France Avenue South Edina, Minnesota Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 127 South 10th Street Minneapolis, Minnesota Children's Health Center and Hospital 2525 Chicago A venue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 1965 Ford Parkway St. Paul,Minnesota Ebenezer Society 2532 Portland Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 3 NVR 340 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital was founded in 1888. The first building with a maximum bed capacity of twelve was a frame dwelling at 2731 Hennepin A venue. Young women called into the service of the Master as deaconesses cared for the patients. In 1891 the first building on the present site was purchased and remodeled for hospital use. The sick continued to be cared for by deaconesses, graduates and students. In 1916, on the foundations laid by the Diaconate, and in response to the demands for more adequately prepared nurses, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing was established under the direction of Miss Inger Bergh. The ideals of Christian service which inspired the pioneering deaconesses became also those of the leaders who followed. Since the beginning, the School has offered a three year diploma program in basic nursing, preparing nurses to take the examinations leading to state registration (R.N.). Continuous efforts have been made to meet nursing needs of people through many periods of social change. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is located within the metropolitan area of Minneapolis and participates in the delivery of health care to the inner city residents. The present bed capacity is two hundred forty-five. In 1967 a nursing school building, Anna Bergeland Hall, was completed. This building provides school offices, classrooms, library, lounges and recreational facilities in addition to dormitory rooms for nursing students. In 1973 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital entered into a consolidation with the Fairview Hospitals to form the Fairview Community Hospitals. In 1976 with the closing of Fairview Hospital School of Nursing, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing became the school for the Fairview Community Hospitals. PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL HEAL TH NURSING 8 Credits This course consists of a study of the dynamics of human behavior, assessment of the needs of the psychiatric and chemically dependent patient with a focus on emotional needs, therapeutic approaches, use of self as a therapeutic tool, implementation, and evaluation. The student is provided with varied opportunities to work in collaboration with nurses and other mental health team members and to assess various community based mental health agencies. Laboratory experiences are focused on theory based nursing interventions with emphasis on communication skills and group dynamics. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 400 MANAGEMENT OF PATIENT CARE Management of Patient Care is taught in the last quarter to all senior nursing students. The course focuses on principles of leadership, management, research in nursing, and the nurse's role in disaster. The student spends 24 hours a week in the clinical area caring for the critically ill adult patient, acting as co-team leader for a nursing team and managing care for a group of 4 to 5 patients. Emphasis is placed on the integration of past and present knowledge in the management of patients' care. Prereq. NUR 310, 320, 330, 340. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is: accredited by: National League for Nursing approved by: Minnesota Board of Nursing member of: Gopher State Nurses Association member of: Helene Fuld Health Trust Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is: accredited by: Joint Commission of Accreditation of Hospitals 4 8 Credits 33 NUR 212 TRENDS IN NURSING III: PROFESSIONALISM .7 Credits This course provides the student with a comprehensive study of the nature of professionalism as it applies to the field of nursing. Within this context, the student examines the goals and requirements of licensure, the selection, application, and resignation processes as they apply to the employment of nurses, government programs and state and federal legislation as they affect the field of nursing, and the nature and scope of continuing education programs for diploma graduates. NUR 310 OBSTETRICAL-MATERNITY NURSING 8 Credits This course is a study of the normal maternity cycle related to the mother and newborn infant with emphasis on family centered and mental health principles. The student is introduced to the physiological, psychological and ethical concepts needed to provide comprehensive nursing care to families during the child bearing cycle. Complications of pregnancy and selected disorders of the reproductive tract are also included. Seminars and selected clinical laboratory experiences in the care of the mother, the newborn, prematures, and certain gynecological patients are provided. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 320 ORTHO-NEURO NURSING 8 Credits This course provides the student with the basic principles of orthopedic-neurologic nursing care and the rehabilitation process in hospital and community ambulatory settings. The student acquires facility in discharge planning, exploring selected health care services and systems in rural and urban environments, and developing health assessment skills. Prereq. NUR 203. NUR 330 PEDIATRIC NURSING 8 Credits Pediatric nursing concentrates on aiding the student develop: a knowledge of normal growth and development from birth through adolescent years, an understanding of the child and his family, a knowledge of normal and pathologic embryology, anatomy and physiology, understanding of the diseases caused by disorders of the body systems, proficiency in the application of the nursing process in the care of children, and proficiency in performing technical skills in caring for children. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. 32 PHILOSOPHY The philosophy of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is in harmony with the Statement of Mission of the Fairview Community Hospitals of which Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a member. The School of Nursing faculty believes that: NURSING is a science and an art which seeks to preserve and promote health by meeting physical, social, emotional, and spiritual needs of the patient as a member of family and community. As a profession, nursing is the unique integration of the art of caring with the application of the natural and behavioral sciences. The nursing process is used to facilitate a person's ability to adapt and to move toward self-actualization. EDUCATION is a life-long learning process, integrating and developing knowledge, attitudes and skills. Through participation in the learning process, the learner should be able to lead a full and purposeful life and function as a responsible citizen. Specifically, nursing education provides systematic direction and guidance in using scientific principles and the art of nursing to facilitate the development of knowledge, attitudes and skills necessary for professional nursing. LEARNING involves changes in the learner's cognitive, affective, and psychomotor responses. Learning is an active, continuous process influenced by the learner's intellectual ability, experience, environment, and attitudes. Facilitation of learning occurs when education is sequential and proceeds from simple to complex as students advance in the educational program and when opportunities for practice are provided concurrently with theory. In addition, a Christian and democratic atmosphere promotes learning. Christian faith instills a spirit of love which promotes the ideas of worth of the individual and of service to one's fellow man, and the democratic process promotes respect for the rights of others and for their opinions together with freedom to explore and question. The ROLE OF FACULTY is to facilitate the learning process by providing an environment conducive to acquiring knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to give professional nursing care. The faculty assumes the responsibility for planning, implementing, evaluating and revising learning experiences. The STUDENT shares the responsibility for his own learning and self-development through self-involvement and utilization of guidance which fosters self-direction. 5 The SCHOOL meets its commitment of service to the community by preparing a safe practitioner who responds to the health needs of the community as a member of the interdisciplinary health care team by promoting wellness, intervening during illness, and rehabilitating to optimum functioning. The school is responsible for meeting the student's educational needs through providing a curriculum based on scientific fact, current knowledge, sequential learning, continuity, and integration of major areas of nursing. Furthermore, the school assumes the responsibility to provide an educationally prepared faculty who functions as effective instructors and role models, and requires a high standard of performance by the student to meet the school's responsibility to the community. Lastly, the school assumes the responsibility of providing the appropriate and necessary facilities to allow for the optimum interaction of the students and the faculty through the use of the curriculum. NUR 201 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing I is the first course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence which introduces the student to pathophysiology, man's adaption to illness, and the process of nursing. Attention is given to special nursing techniques, the aging process, spiritual needs, communication and limited threats to health. The course is taught on a body systems model composed of classroom and clinical experiences. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient. Prereq. NUR 103 or equiv. NUR 202 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing II is th.e second course in the medical-surgical sequence building on MS I, with attention focused on moderate threats to health, communication techniques, cultural influences on health and illness, and intermediate nursing techniques. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with intermediate threats to health. Prereq. NUR 201. NUR 203 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing III is the last course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence, building on MS I and MS II and focusing on multiple threats to health, community resources and complex nursing techniques facilitating adaptation. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with multiple threats to health. Time is also devoted to visiting community resource agencies and correlating them with patient care. Prereq. NUR 202. NUR 210 TRENDS IN NURSING I: ASSERTIVENESS .7 Credits This is an assertiveness class that assists the student in identifying characteristics of assertive, non-assertive and aggressive behaviors. The student follows specific steps in attaining assertiveness and learning to distinguish hindrances in reaching a specific goal. Applications of principles are made to the professional career of nursing through feedback and communication exercises. NUR 211 TRENDS IN NURSING II: HISTORY .7 Credits This course provides the student with the historical foundations of the nursing profession. The student examines a brief survey of the historical development of the nursing profession, focusing on the forces, trends, and issues of the past that have shaped the profession into what it is today. 6 31 PSY 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 Credits Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. REL 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 2 Credits A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will be considered. SOC 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing offers a program of nursing education with a Christian influence at the diploma level. The graduate is prepared to apply for licensure as Registered Nurse (R.N.). 4 Credits PROGRAM OBJECTIVES Sociology as a mode of analysis or a way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society: socialization, family life, social inequalities, largescale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. NURSING COURSES NUR 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING I 4 Credits This course introduces the student to the nursing profession. It provides a guide for the beginning student in the development of ideals of service in the care of the sick and own life as a nurse. The course helps the student to understand the basic needs: physical, psychosocial, and spiritual, and the means whereby these needs are met. The student learns basic nursing skills in the classroom and in the hospital as she begins to care for patients. NUR 102 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING II 4 Credits This course provides the nursing student with the biomedical background needed in order to approach the subject of pharmacology rationally. It emphasizes the fundamental principles of pharmacology and concentrates on prototype drugs with which the student will have to be familar in further encounters with pharmacology. The student develops a habit of referring to various resources of drug information needed in more advanced courses. Prereq. NUR 101. NUR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING III 4 Credits This course, the last in the three-course sequence, focuses on man's interaction with the environment. It considers basic human needs and reactions to threats of these needs. The student utilizes a problem solving process to assess the health status of the patient when planning and executing nursing intervention. Prereq. NUR 102. 30 The graduate of this program will: Function as a beginning staff nurse in hospitals, clinics and similar health care institutions. Function as a member of health care team and a member of and/or leader of the nursing team. Demonstrate by clinical performance the attainment of curriculum objectives. CURRICULUM OBJECTIVES Upon completition of this program of studies the graduate is prepared to: Synthesize the principles from biological, physical, and behavioral sciences to the nursing process. Adapt the nursing process in providing nursing care. Utilize appropriate communication skills to establish effective interpersonal relationships. Utilize principles of teaching-learning in health care situations. Integrate community resources in planning comprehensive health care. Practice nursing according to legal, professional, and social responsibilities and constraints. Practice safe nursing by making judgements based on scientific principles and medical diagnosis. Adapt to the changing role and demands of the nursing profession and the need for continuing education. Assume a leadership role in directing and coordinating the activities of the nursing team in caring for patients. Integrate Christian principles and values into the professional life. 7 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES TAKEN AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE DURING THE FRESHMAN YEAR BIO 103 The mission of The Fairview Community Hospitals is to provide high quality healthrelated services in a spirit of Christian concern to meet the personal needs and improve the health status of the people and communities we serve. In fulfillment of this mission, we affirm that Fairview Community Hospitals: HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4 Credits A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. BIO 108 4 Credits MICROBIOLOGY >Is an expression of the healing ministry of Jesus Christ. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. >Is committed to view those whom we serve as persons of dignity and worth, regardless of race, sex, creed or social status. Chem 103 & 104 GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 4 >Shall reflect the Biblical vision of health as wholeness, and be committed to minister to body, mind, and spirit through its medical staffs, personnel, programs, services, and institutional roles. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Lecture and laboratory. >Shall fulfill or surpass established levels of excellence in its service and shall provide an environment for growth and satisfaction of its employees. >Is committed to operate as a private voluntary health care organization. >Shall be a strong, growing, cost-effective organization through the application of multi-unit organizational concepts. >Will participate in and carry on research and educational activities supportive to the mission of Fairview Community Hospitals. >Views its focus for growth and development primarily as the Upper Midwest region of the United States. >Shall work in cooperation with other health care community agencies and social organizations, and shall relate meaningfully with the Church and congregations. ENG 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 4, 4 Credits 4 Credits The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either PIN or 2.0-4.0/N. In order to hold a place in the course, the student must either attend the first day or personally notify the instructor that he cannot be present. Psy 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 Credits An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purposes of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. ADV AN CED COURSES TAUGHT BY AUGSBURG PROFESSORS AT THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 2 Credits PHIL 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 8 29 THE CURRICULUM PLAN: THE COURSE FLOW CHART Beginning of first year LEVEL I Fall Semester (14 weeks) 101 Fundamentals of Nursing I 103 General, Organic & Biological Chem 103 Anatomy and Physiology 0 105 *General Psychology 0 Interim (4 weeks) 102 Fundamentals of Nursing II 0 Spring Semester (14 weeks) 103 Fundamentals of Nursing III 108 Microbiology 0 111 *Effective Writing 0 104 General, Organic & Bio Chem 0 Beginning of second year LEVEL II First Quarter (9 weeks) 201 Medical-Surgical Nursing 210 Trends in Nursing I 121 Principles of Sociology 0 0 353 Denominations and Sects LEVEL HI Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 320 330 Pediatric Nursing 340 Second Quarter (9 weeks) 202 Medical-Surgical Nursing II 211 Trends in Nursing II I ------------------------------------------------ .... in America 0 0 Third Quarter (9 weeks) 203 Medical-Surgical Nursing III 212 Trends in Nursing III 351 Development Psychology: Child ------------------------------..,.. Ortho-Neuro Nursing Psychiatric Nursing 351 Developmental Psych. cont. Begining of third year First Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing 380 Medical Ethics 00 LEVEL IV Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) 400 Management of Patient Care 0 Second Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Third Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Courses taught at Augsburg College ° Courses taught at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing by Augsburg Faculty * Courses that can be taken during either the fall or spring semester 0 0 0 to enhance her performance of previous roles when the client is in a crisis situation and to expand the student's teaching to groups. It introduces the role of the nurse as a health counselor in various primary health care settings. This level also includes the study of medical ethics. LEVEL IV During this level, the student completes an advanced level Management of Patient Care course, which affords opportunities to apply principles of leadership in the nursing process and to supervise the care of individuals and groups of patients with multiple and critical problems. The theory relative to collaborating and advocating is examined as the student cares for clients in complex situations. Interactions with the health team and with groups in the community help the student develop leadership skills. At each level of the curriculum, there exists a set of courses or course that reflects a disciplinary or a synthesis of disciplinary and competency based learning designs. The disciplinary based learning design is featured in the courses offered at Augsburg College and in the classroom component of each course taught at the School of Nursing, because this design stresses the importance of theory, its role in the curriculum, and the changing nature of theory. The competency based learning design is featured in the clinical component of the School of Nursing courses because it allows the student to systematically apply theory to the nursing process through the mastery of specific nursing skills. 27 Curriculum Organization Four levels of learning have been identified and courses are provided at each level to assist the student in achieving the objectives at each of the levels. Such a curriculum design was developed and implemented because it provides a continuous and sequential learning environment that emphasizes a simple to complex learning approach. Equal Opportunity Statements Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is committed to the policy that all applicants shall have equal access to the program without regard to race, color, sex, age, religion, marital status or handicap. In adherence to this policy, the school abides by the requirements of Title IX of the 1972 Education amendments, section 504 of P. L. 93-112, and other statutes relating to equal opportunity. Questions regarding compliance may be directed to Director, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404, or to the Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201. LEVEL I This level consists of fundamental science and psychosocial courses and introductory courses in nursing and the health care system. Anatomy and physiology, chemistry, microbiology, psychology, and English courses are taken at Augsburg College located near the School of Nursing. These courses provide the essential scientific and social scientific foundations upon which the nursing curriculum is developed. At the School of Nursing, fundamental nursing skills and attitudes are developed through introductory nursing courses utilizing basic scientific principles and correlated clinical experiences. The emphasis is on the healthy individual, the client, and the nurse. The nursing process is introduced as the student learns to assume the comforting and protecting roles for her clients. LEVEL II The second level focuses on maintaining and promoting an individual's abilities to meet health needs and assisting individuals in meeting these needs. Courses at this level feature an emphasis on illnesses and representative common medical-surgical conditions that affect the adult client. The nursing process, a problem-solving approach to meet both physical and psychological needs of the client and his family, becomes an important means for translating theory into practice. The student begins to practice the therapeutic role and to incorporate teaching in her care of patients, and she begins to include the family to a greater extent. This level also includes the study of historical and contemporary trends in nursing and advanced courses in psychology, religion and sociology. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. A graduate of an accredited high school or its equivalent. A course in high school chemistry or its equivalent. Rank in upper 1/3 of her class. The American College Testing Program (A.C.T. test) The applicant makes the arrangements for this with her high school. It is recommended that the first available testing date during the senior year be used. Our A.C.T. code number is 2119. 5. If college attended, a GPA of at least 2.5 average in courses applicable to nursing. 6. After acceptance a certificate of immunizations as specified by the School. 7. Health and physical abilities of the applicant need to be such as to enable the applicant to meet the academic and clinical requirements of this program. LEVEL III The third level is designed to have the nursing student apply the principles and practices of nursing to special situations in which the nursing process is extended to the clinical areas of obstetrical, pediatric, psychiatric, and ortho-neuro nursing. The student rotates through a set of courses that emphasizes assisting the client with more complex needs, requiring the student to develop and use more complex procedures for health supervision and the teaching of the family. This level gives the student an opportunity 26 11 ADMISSION PROCEDURE TERMINATION 1. A request for information and application forms should be addressed to Registrar, The School of Nursing reserves the right to terminate any student whose class work, health, conduct or nursing practice make it inadvisable for her to remain in the School. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55404. Application forms to be submitted are: a. Application for Admission. b. Official transcript of high school credits and college, if attended. Rank in high school class. c. A.C.T. scores - each applicant must have A.C.T. Send complete score report to school. d. Three letters of reference. These references must come from persons who have known the applicant well, in one of the following capacities. Only one reference from a group. (1) recent teacher, (2) recent counselor, (3) clergy man, (4) current or recent employer, (5) personal friend or co-worker. e. Application fee. A personal interview may be required. Further testing may be required. Credit may be given for college level courses if the grade is a "C" or better, if taken within the last 5 years, and if taken at an accredited school. Within one month after all application materials are received, the applicant will be notified of the decision of the Admissions and Promotions Committee. After acceptance, applicants are eligible to apply for financial assistance. All applicants for financial aid are required to complete the FFS. ACCEPTANCE Acceptance is based on the following: 1. Complete record for review by the Admissions and Promotions Committee. 2. Satisfactory achievement of admission requirements. NOTIFICATION OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS 1. The Admissions and Promotions Committee meets monthly from November through June to review completed applications. 2. The Admissions and Promotions Committee notifies each applicant of its decision in writing. 3. Notification will occur within one week of the decision. Accepted applicants musl ,,,ign the note of intent and return the note with the matriculation fee within two weeks after the date of the acceptance letter, or the application will be automatically withdrawn. The matriculation fee is non-refundable. 12 RETURNING STUDENTS See re-admission under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. GRADUATION AND LICENSURE Students who successfully complete all program requirements and who meet all financial obligations to the School will be awarded the diploma and the pin of the School of Nursing. Upon graduation, the student is eligible to write the examination for licensure which is given by the State Board of Nursing. Successful passing of this examination enables the graduate to practice nursing as a registered nurse (R.N.) in the state which administered the examination. ACADEMIC RECORDS Grade reports of students over 18 years of age may not be sent to parents or responsible parties without a signed waiver by the student. Grade reports of students under 18 years of age may be sent to parents or responsible parties upon request. A student may request to see her academic record at any time. If the student is over 18 years of age, a signed waiver by the student must be submitted to the Registrar before parents or responsible parties may review the academic record. If the student is under 18 years of age, parents or responsible parties may request the Registrar to review the academic record. A request to the Director of the School of Nursing or the Registrar may be made at any time for the correction of an incorrectly transcribed item in the academic record. The student or graduate when applying for employment must by written waiver specify the items to be released from the academic record to the prospective employer. For additional information see Records under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. TRANSCRIPTS A transcript will be furnished only upon the written request of the student or graduate. Such requests are to be sent to the Office of the Registrar, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing. The first copy of a transcript is issued without charge. Thereafter, a charge of $2.00 is made for each additional transcript. 25 GRADING SCALE APPEAL OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS The following grading scale has been adopted by the faculty. The numbers represent percentages of points awarded for completed work. If the applicant is not accepted for admission and wishes to appeal this decision, the following procedure must be followed: 1. The applicant must notify the Admissions and Promotions Committee in writing of her intent to appeal within two weeks of the date when she was notified of nonacceptance. 2. Upon receipt of the intent to appeal, the Committee will make provision for the applicant to appear before the committe in person. 3. If the in-person appeal to the Admissions Committee is denied, the applicant may present her appeal in writing and in person to the Executive Committee of the Faculty Organization. 4. The decision of the Executive Committee is final. 98% 94% 91% 88% 85% 80% - 100% - 97% - 93% - 90% - 87% - 84% A+ A B+ B c+ c Students who do not attain a "C" in any course must repeat the course. PROMOTION WITHDRAWAL OF APPLICATION I. Applicants may withdraw their applications at any time by notifying the Registrar. The applicant's record will be retained in the files until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Non-completed or non-processed records will be retained until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Promotion from One Level to Another Promotion from one level to the next is accomplished through a periodic review of the student's level of achievement in the required areas of theory and clinical experiences of each level. In order to be promoted, the student must have a minimum grade of "C" in theory and a "pass" in the clinical laboratory for all nursing courses and a minimum grade of "C" in all other courses. In the event that a student fails or drops out of a course, and would like to continue in the program she must: 1. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to enroll in another course in the curriculum. 2. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to retake the failed or dropped course. A course may be repeated only once, and students must always meet the prerequisites of a course before they can take it. The faculty has the authority and assumes the responsibility for determining whether a student possesses the qualifications necessary for her to become a competent nurse. In the event a student fails to demonstrate the personal and professional qualifications, the student may be asked to withdraw from the School. II. Moving from One Term to Another Each student must have paid the tuition and school costs or made arrangements to do so before the beginning of the next term. See the Director of the School if you have any problems. WITHDRAWAL Students wishing to withdraw from the School must submit a written statement to the Director of the School. Failure to report to class or clinical assignment is not an official withdrawal. 24 ADVANCED PLACEMENT Candidates who have completed courses comparable in hours and content to those currently offered by Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing are considered for course exemption on an individual basis. Exemptions will not be granted for courses taken prior to five (5) years of the application date without special permission. Exemption Requirements by Category 1. Non-nursing courses: applicants must provide a. official school/ college transcript(s) b. school/college catalog containing the course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. 2. Nursing courses: a. L.P.N. Graduates - exemptions may only be granted for First Level Nursing courses. The applicant must: 1. have graduated from a state approved N.L.N. accredited school. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C average minimum). 3. have a current L.P.N. license and be eligible to practice in the state of Minnesota. 4. satisfactorily achieve in faculty-designated examinations. 5. If academic requirements are met, the applicant may be admitted to the Second Level for an evaluation period. 13 b. Students from professional nursing programs - The applicant must: 1. have been enrolled in a state approved and N.L.N. accredited program. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C minimum) in previous nursing courses. 3. submit references which include (1) from the director of the nursing program and (2) from nursing instructors who can adequately evaluate the applicant's previous nursing performance. 4. submit a school/college catalog containing course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. Only current credits earned within the five years prior to application will be considered for exemption. Exemption Procedure 1. In addition to furnishing the credentials required for admission, the applicant must submit an Application for Exemption form and provide the appropriate data listed in Section B above. 2. The following fee schedule will prevail: a. non-nursing course exemption fee - $5.00 each. b. nursing courses exemption fee - $10.00 c. standardized testing fees - at cost 3. The Admissions and Promotions Committee will approve or disapprove course exemption requests. Granting of final acceptance will be the responsibility of the Faculty Organization. 4. In order to be eligible for graduation from this school, the student must complete a full academic year at the school. 5. All requests for course exemptions must be submitted and approved before the academic year begins. The deadline for submitting requests is May 30 prior to the academic year in which the exemption is desired. ACADEMIC YEAR The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, School of Nursing differs according to the level of the program. First year students, (Level I), follow Augsburg College's academic calender consisting of the 4-1-4 plan of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 14 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. Second and third year students (Levels II, III, IV) follow the School of Nursing calender consisting of 4 quarters, where each quarter is 9 weeks in length. The academic year at the School of Nursing begins in the fall, and this is the time that most students enter the School. Occasionally, transfer, returning, and special students enter at the beginning of a quarter or semester during the year. UNITS OF CREDIT The unit of credit at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is the semester hour. For transfer students, 1.5 quarter hours is equivalent to 1 semester hour. Students at the School of Nursing accumulate a total of 114 semester hours of credit, of which 36 semester hours are recorded on an Augsburg College transcript and are automatically transferred to the School of Nursing. These transferred credits represent all work taken at Augsburg College and those courses taught by the Augsburg professors at the School of Nursing. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS RE-ADMISSION In any re-admission, the Admissions and Promotions Committee reserves the right to require additional information and testing when there is an indicated need for it. Re-admission Procedure 1. Should a former student desire re-admission, she must submit a new application, including references, updated transcripts and physical examination report if the period of time since the last admittance at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing exceeds one year. A re-admission fee of $50.00 will be charged for this student. 2. Should a former student desire re-admission, and has been away from the school less than one year, she will need to submit a letter of request for re-admission containing (a) reasons tor re-admission to the program, (b) activities during absences from the program, and (c) professional goals. A re-admissions fee of $25.00 will be charged for this student. 14 Students at Lutheran Deaconess as follows: First year students Second year students Third year students Hospital School of Nursing are divided into classes Freshmen Juniors Seniors ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT Each freshman student is assigned to an instructor who functions as a counselor. It is the responsibility of each counselor to meet with her advisees at the close of each course to review academic progress and any problems that should occur. TRANSFER OF CREDITS See Advanced Placement under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. 23 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ENDOWMENT FUND NON-MATRICULATING STUDENTS Seven percent, simple-interest loans are granted from time to time. This fund provides loans up to $1,000 per academic year. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. Individuals may request permission to take selected nursing courses to meet personal or professional objectives. The candidate must: 1. have an interview with the Director of the program to assess and plan appropriately for courses to meet the objectives. 2. submit an Application for Admissions form and indicate course(s) desired. 3. submit the application fee for processing the record of $10.00. LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM (AAL) This scholarship provides varying amounts of financial aid up to $1,000 per student per year. This scholarship is available to students who are members of AAL. Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need, Christian character, academic achievement, and leadership potential. Information and applications can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. MINNESOTA STATE GRANT-IN-AID State money is administered and distributed through the Higher Education Coordinating Commission. This money is available to students who meet the state requirements. Applications are made through the BEOG form and can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. SOCIAL SECURITY BENEIFTS For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. The amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. VETERANS' BENEFIT Eligible students may receive assistance from the Veteran's Administration under the 0.1. Bill. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT In addition to loans, grants and scholarships, students can also seek employment to help pay for their school costs. It is recommended that a student have sufficient funds so that employment is not necessary for the first semester of the freshmen year, as many students often need that period of time to adjust to the rigors of the program. Employment may be available in various departments of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Applications for employment may be made through the Personnel Department. This information concerning employment at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is subject to change in accordance with employment needs and policies of the hospital. 22 15 CAMPUS VISITS Prospective students or any other interested persons are invited to visit Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing campus at any time. School tours may be scheduled with the secretary at the School of Nursing. HOUSING FACILITIES In addition to housing the School of Nursing, Anna Bergeland Hall contains a coed residential facility for the nursing students. The third and fourth floors provide housing for female students, while the second floor contains rooms for male students. Single students should live in the residence hall or with their parents if their homes are within commuting distance. Two students share a room, and applicants may request to live together. A few single rooms are available at a higher cost. Student accommodations include a desk, a bed, and a closet. Lounge and laundry areas are located on each residential floor of the hall, and there is a main lounge on the first floor adjacent to the library. The residence hall is connected to the hospital through a tunnel. A residence hall director lives within the hall and is there to assist students with any problems that should occur. FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION The following is a list of the major types of financial aid that students who attend the School of Nursing may be eligible for. Students are encouraged to meet with their high school counselors to discuss some of the following sources of aid as well as other sources that they may be eligible for. BASIC EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANT (BEOG) The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend a post-high school educational institution. The amount of a Basic Grant is determined on the basis of the applicant's and her family's financial resources. Awards usually range between $50 and $1800. Applications may be obtained from the School of Nursing or from your high school. ELSIE HORTON ANN ROAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND This fund is used to assist students in nursing either in the basic program or advanced nursing program. Funds are generally awarded to second or third year students. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. DINING FACILITIES FEDERAL LOAN THROUGH THE NURSE TRAINING ACT The hospital offers complete cafeteria service to the nursing students, and meals can be purchased at a reduced rate. There is also a hospital coffee shop. Within the resident hall itself, there are limited facilities for food preparation. Three percent, low interest, cancellable loans are available to students who meet federal requirements. These loans are administered by the School of Nursing, and graduates must work in a needs hospital in order to be eligible for the cancellation. The loan is interest free until 9 months following graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. PARKING FORTY & EIGHT SCHOLARSHIPS Available parking space near the School of Nursing is limited. Parking facilities exist in the hospital's parking lots for students. HEALTH CARE This unit of the American Legion provides several $100 scholarships for students in the School of Nursing. Students are selected on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. GUARANTEED BANK LOANS A nurse is in charge of the student health service at all times. Students are required to carry group hospitalization insurance through the school unless they have insurance under family policies. The specific services of the student health service are described in the student handbook. 16 Seven percent interest loans administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Commission are available. These loans are cancellable if the graduate works in a needs hospital, and are interest free until 9 months after graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. 21 THIRD YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition Health Fee Graduation Fee Room Rent COUNSELING PROGRAM 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 540.00 The school has a counseling program which is flexible enough to meet varying individual needs. The program assists the student in meeting and solving educational and personal problems. Referral services are used as indicated or requested e.g. pastors, psychiatrists and psychologists to assist the student in becoming more selfdirecting. LIBRARY SERVICES LDH TOTAL $3002.00 Additional expenses include: transportation to various clinical facilities and to Augsburg College. Additional tours may also require additional charges. No attempt is made to include personal expenses. Uniforms are purchased directly from the uniform company. Books are purchased directly from nearby bookstores. Health insurance is mandatory and may be purchased through the school. Payment of Charges: Charges must be paid by due dates. If charges are not paid and/or arrangements made, the student will not be allowed to attend classes. Employment: The student academic hours allow time for employment. Many students secure employment to help defray school expenses. It is suggested that students not work during the first semester in the school. Refunds: Tuition for a student leaving the school will be refunds as follows: During the first second third fourth fifth week week week week week - 80% - 70% - 60% - 50% - 40% No refund is made after the fifth week. No refunds are made for the Interim period. Fees are not refundable. Re-Admission: Should a former student apply for re-admission she will submit a new application, including a physical examination report and 'references. A readmission fee of $25 will be charged to students returning after an absence of up to six months. After an absence of more than six months, a $50 charge will be made in addition to the regular tuition charges. Transfer students pay the re-admission charge. 20 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Inger Bergh Library is located on the first floor of Anna Bergeland Hall and is under the direction of the medical librarian. This library contains about 3,000 volumes and about 120 periodicals. The library also houses a student learning center. Nursing students also have full privileges at the Augsburg College Library and at the Children's Health Center and Hospital library. RECORDS The maintenance and safety of the applicant's records is the responsibility of the Registrar. Procedure for Gaining Access to Records: I. Student Records a. Access to student progress records is limited to School Administration, the Registrar, the individual student, and faculty members. b. Anyone except the Registrar gaining access to the file shall sign and date the access sheet in the file. The purpose of the access shall also be completed on the access sheet. 2. Graduate Records a. Access to graduate records is limited to the Director of the School or her designee, the Registrar, and the graduate. b. Anyone gaining access to a graduate file shall sign and date the access sheet for that file and shall state to what purpose the file was viewed. c. No information is given from any graduate file unless upon the written request of the graduate. d. The above procedure also applies to files of resigned students. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 17 RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES Students are encouraged to practice the teachings of the Christian faith by attending a church of their own affiliation and chapel services and by participating in student groups that are sponsored by the churches or other religious organizations. As part of the School's annual program of religious emphasis, six mission interest meetings are held during the school year. The Good News Committee schedules chapel devotions and plans activities for the annual spiritual emphasis week. The Taiwan project is a plan in which one Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing graduate annually is given the opportunity to serve for a two-year period in the Chiayi Christian Hospital in Taiwan. These arrangements are made with the Board of World Missions of the American Lutheran Church. ESTIMATED COST OF PROGRAM Tuition and fees are estimated below. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. PAYMENT PLAN Pre-admission charges (not refundable) STUDENT GOVERNMENT Students automatically become members of the Deaconess Student Association (DSA) of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing when they are admitted to the School. Through this organization students learn self-direction, self-discipline, leadership and responsibility, thus helping them to adjust to group living and to their future roles as professional nurses. Each class selects its own officers who conduct the business and guide the activities of the class. A faculty member serves as an advisor for each class. STUDENT PROFESSIONALISM Each student is encouraged to become a member of the State and National Association of Nursing Students. Participation in these organizations fosters an opportunity for students to develop an interest in and a need for membership in professional organizations as a registered nurse. SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES The Big Brother and Sister activities assist new students in becoming oriented and adjusted to the School. The School of Nursing has a choir directed by a qualified Director. Periodically this choir gives concerts of both religious and contemporary music, and every spring the choir goes on a tour. Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the rich cultural environment which the Twin Cities provide by attending concerts, operas, ballets, theaters, films, museums, art galleries, sporting events and other cultural-recreational events. There are limited funds made available from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Auxiliary for students to attend community cultural events. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 18 $10.00 40.00 $50.00 Application Fee, submitted with application Matriculation Fee, paid when appointment is accepted FIRST YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition at LDH (Exclusive of pre-admission fees) Charge for Augsburg Courses (approx.) Health Fee Room Rent 1st Semester Interim 2nd Semester Total September January February $496.66 $496.67 $496.67 $1490.00 750.00 22.00 240.00 750.00 60.00 TOTAL 240.00 1500.00 22.00 540.00 $3552.00 SECOND YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition LDH Health Fee Room Rent 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 LDH TOTAL 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 540.00 135.00 $2962.00 19
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
I
'h
--
INTRODUCTION
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7.
This brochure ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 or call: SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE (612) 330-1 025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary -- g 2?>0 -.AE 2 c 3 as-. 0 3 NWn. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. (See inside fold for campus location maps.) 1981 SUMMER CALENDAR I I I I Term I Term I1 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 24 April 24 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 3 Holiday None July 3 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 July 17 Last Day of Class June 26 Aug. 7 g ~ F %E xE~ g An~ e Ca n .- 2 2-. -3 n fmg- g ""2 r u10 m Inp 5 m3P Q ( I l1 I ELIGIBILITY GENERAL INFORMATION PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Volume 111, Number5 February 1981 612/330-1000 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a year in August, September, October, December and February by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. WM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981 PAYMENT O F FEES FINANCIAL AID TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981. Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since processing takes up to 12 weeks. EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1 for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full refund will be made. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $20 processing fee) 80% 60 % 40% June 1-2 June 29-July 1 June 3-4 June 5-8 June 9-10 W TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1 TERM I SUMMER 1981 4 ART ART 10106/10306 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 , " '1 ART 1024YIU342 FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II Rusten This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina ul~survaiio~i d r ~ rd l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes. Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II. 8:OO-12:OO noon M,T,W,Th,F OM17 BIOLOGY BIO 20103 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5205 T,W,Th 5214 1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab Enrollment limit: 35 BIO 20108 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S212 11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab T,Th 5202 I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5112 BUS 21262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No. 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 ' I 1 ' I ._ JUNE1-JUNE26 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Nelson Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. T,Th & Arr. GI2 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55493 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. G3 1 (1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55495, 55496, PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 55497 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 PHI 83132 THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS Reichenbach C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM M4 8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM Fuehrer PHI 83150, Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 CHEMISTRY PHYSICS CHE 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Gyberg-S. Olmsted The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes. 11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S315 2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab T,W,Th 5327 PHY 84222t/84322* C H I 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL Gyberg-S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th, F S315 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b ECONOMICS 1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED Paulson UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the national laboratory. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F, May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge tCredit toward Physics major or minor *No credit toward Physics major or minor POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Hedblom The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc i 5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS babella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. tLu P of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F ' '0M13 ' POL 85342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI ECO 22392 MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 M,T,W,Th,F M5 9:30-11:50 a.m. POL 85199, 85399, 85499 EDUCATION Noonan Arr. INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY PSYCHOLOGY EDE 44375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 14 PSY 86105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Ferguson Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F PI PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 94375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. EDE 44237/44337 INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/ Quirin GLOBAL EDUCATION Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and teaching strategies. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI RELIGION REL 87369 EFFECTIVE WRITING Blackburn with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. M,T,W,Th S205 I1 I WG 54241 - THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY Clark Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit. requirement for English. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 M,T,W,Th NORWEGIAN I L. Hansen speaking, listening, reading and writing work expected. Dist.: Yes. OM29 Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult department for details. SPA 76112 BEGINNING SPANISH II Rozentals Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 1 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M,T,W,Th C24 6:OO-9:00 p.m. HPE 55410 I RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 SOClOLOGY SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 86375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F LI 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOC 94383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th GENERAL STUDIES STUDENT TEACHING Cole 5212 See last column .1 ' WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '" 1 JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 . I TERM II SUMMER 1981 JUNE29-AUGUST 7 ART SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS ART 10111/10311 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th 2815 419 Ave. S. (Tel.: 721-2565) Mpls., M N 55406 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Friederichsen Karlen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see MUS 82111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. T,Th OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 Enrollment limit: 35 ART 10250 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,WF OM1 ART 10351 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,W,F OM? Limited enrollment CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect M,T,WTh,F S315 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 CHE 34110 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent study only. Dist.: Yes. A rr. ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5205 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p. m. M, W 5205 ENGLISH ENC 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING T Gidmark INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 60399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. GENERAL STUDIES GST 58102 BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY Gyberg CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content, particularly chemistry. Dist.: No. 2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply) 8:30a.m.-1:30p.m. T,W,Th,F, 5315 May 26-May 29 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 44483, 44484 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: McNeff 44483, 44484 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 45481, 45482, STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 45483, 45484 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. .. . . ....... 1-11..., . ..,. r.... .,-. ...a 111 & . A . - 1 .1 CAMPUS LOCATION HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:00-9:30 p. m. T,Th & Arr. GI2 (1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.) I I I I HPE 55487 NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:30-9:30 p. m. 1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m. G31 I HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION Saugestad mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W. hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq, 'm I Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) ~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa 49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO. 8@>$i&&!iites: @. and appt~irtNdepartment Arr. I HISTORY m, HIS 56131/56331 TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE Nelson IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying everyday life. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F S212 I MUSIC M U S 82111/82311 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Karlen Friederichsen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see ART 10111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th OM4 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85199, 85399, 85499 INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Arr. RELIGION RELIGIONS O F INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 REL 87372 SOCIOLOGY SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign. Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
- Title
- Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1981-1982
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
To
each
ut
To Reach Out ...
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to
the policy that all persons shall have equal access
...
Show more To each ut To Reach Out ... GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access to its programs, facilities, and employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, or handicap. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1980-81 Catalog TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Contents College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations. Student Personnel Services 11 New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services, Housing. Student Life 13 Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure. Costs 19 Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study. Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies. Directory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty. Index 80 4 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Calendar 1981-82 Fall Quarter September 1-4 September 2 September 3 September 4 September 5 September 6 September 7 September 7 September 9 September 18 September 25 October 2 October 5-9 October 17 November 3-6 November 17-20 November 21-29 New student orientation Returning student registration Completion of returning student registration-Beginning of new student registration New student registration President's Reception-6:00 p.m.-gymnasium All College worship Classes begin Opening Convocation-9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Finai day to add a ciass or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Thanksgiving vacation Winter Quarter November 30 December 2 December 11 December 13 December 18 December 18 January 4 January 8 January 11-15 January 19-21 February 2-5 February 22-25 February 26March 7 Winter quarter begins Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Festival of the Christ Child Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11:30a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final Examinations Spring vacation Spring Quarter March 8 March 10 March 19 March 26 April 2 April 5-8 April 9-11 April 12 April 27 April 28-30 May 1 May 17-20 May 21 Spring quarter begins Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Easter vacation Classes resume Honors Day Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring Banquet Final examinations Commencement PRESIDENT'S GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will best help the student understand the world in which he will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart, and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President Gl:NERAL INFORMAllON 7 General Information HISTORY Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beginning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis, in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, ecohomic, racial, and religious backgrounds. THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large split-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. · Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities· incJude fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer a:nd 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a grill is located in Delta dormitory. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also piovide opportunity for a study of the sources oi the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for semi-professional employment in the fields of parish work, missions, secretarial work, social service and recreational leadership. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... . . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments . . . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations . . . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theater through courses and cultural events on the campus and through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 ... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical education and sports activities . . . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community. A ffi Iiations Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Association of Minnesota Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Junior College Athletic Association National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII Minnesota Community College Women's Athletic Association Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women-Region VI Minnesota Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women Transfer of Religion Courses With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion .credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A. degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. GENERAL GUIDELINES Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. ' The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interests of the 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church of ones choice. Student Use of Automobiles Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to terminate a permit :at any time if, in his opinion,. circumstances warrant such action. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action. The college's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. STUDENT PERSONNEL 11 Student Personnel Services NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. The orientation period also includes a series of ability and personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. COUNSELING SERVICES The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, social, personal, and vocational problems. The College counselors are available to assist students in clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help them deal with personal and/or emotional problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each aca.. demic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to the 12 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE assigned faculty advisor, each student may make appointments to visit Vv'ith instructors, Residence Hall Directors, the deans, the Co!lege nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance if difficulties are encountered. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses described on page 63. HEAL TH SERVICES The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. INSURANCE The personal property of staff members and students is not covered by insurance and the college does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property. HOUSING SERVICES Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their tiomes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening dinner in the College cafeteria. STUDENT LIFE 13 Student Life Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation together with programs that stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) elected by the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. RELIGIOUS LIFE As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound ·religious life activities must be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the College has regularly scheduled chapel services and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The Col- 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE lege has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many of the athletes take an active part. There is also an opportunity to participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song. ATHl,.ETICS Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, and cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota State Junior College Conference and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women. MUSIC Golden Valley lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and c9ncert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community anq College organization; and various vocal and instrumental ens~mples. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study. The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin City ~rea makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts; Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other coHegesand the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. STUDENT LIFE 15 DRAMA The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 Admissions Information ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $10 application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans, extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi- 18 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her fu!! potential. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT, SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period. 4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $50.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50.00 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. 6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. 7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual. COSTS 19 Costs STUDENT COSTS 1981-82 The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds, however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving. Deposits and Fees A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable. All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $50 by April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term. Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the order in which a $50 advance tuition deposit payment is received. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. CHARGES BY QUARTER The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ......................... $1,285.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.00 Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680.00 (Subject to change) 20.00 Telephone ....................................... . Laboratory